1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab *got_entries;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info *next;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
100 struct mips_got_info *g;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info *info;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info *primary;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info *current;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info *g;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs;
137 struct bfd_link_info *info;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
145 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary
168 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
169 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
170 symbol without a GOT entry. */
171 long max_non_got_dynindx;
174 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
175 the global hash table. */
177 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
179 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
181 /* External symbol information. */
184 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
186 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
188 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
189 a readonly section. */
190 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
192 /* The index of the first dynamic relocation (in the .rel.dyn
193 section) against this symbol. */
194 unsigned int min_dyn_reloc_index;
196 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
197 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
198 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
200 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
202 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
203 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
206 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
207 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
208 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
210 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
211 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
214 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
215 being called returns a floating point value. */
216 asection *call_fp_stub;
218 /* Are we forced local? .*/
219 bfd_boolean forced_local;
222 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
224 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
226 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
228 /* We no longer use this. */
229 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
230 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
232 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
233 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
234 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
235 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
236 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
237 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
238 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
239 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
241 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
242 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
245 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
250 struct bfd_link_info *info;
251 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
252 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
256 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
258 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
261 "_procedure_string_table",
262 "_procedure_table_size",
266 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
271 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
272 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
273 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
274 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
275 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
276 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
285 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
286 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
287 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
291 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
292 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
293 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
294 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
295 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
296 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
301 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
302 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
303 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
304 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
305 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
313 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
319 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
321 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
323 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
324 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
325 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
326 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
327 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
328 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
329 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
330 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
332 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
333 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
334 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
335 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
336 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
338 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
339 has different meaning for each type:
342 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
343 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
344 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
345 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
348 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
349 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
350 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
351 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
353 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
354 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
355 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
356 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
358 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
359 loader for use by the static exception system. */
361 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
362 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
363 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
364 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
365 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
366 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
367 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
368 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
369 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
370 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
372 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
374 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
375 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
377 static struct bfd_hash_entry *mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
378 PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
379 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
380 PARAMS ((bfd *, const RPDR *, struct rpdr_ext *));
381 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
382 PARAMS ((PTR, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
383 struct ecoff_debug_info *));
384 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
385 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
386 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
387 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_gptab *, Elf32_gptab *));
388 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
389 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_gptab *, Elf32_External_gptab *));
390 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
391 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_compact_rel *, Elf32_External_compact_rel *));
392 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
393 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_crinfo *, Elf32_External_crinfo *));
395 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in
396 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_Msym *, Elf32_Internal_Msym *));
398 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
399 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_Internal_Msym *, Elf32_External_Msym *));
400 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
401 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
402 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
403 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
404 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
405 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
406 static int gptab_compare PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
407 static asection * mips_elf_rel_dyn_section PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_boolean));
408 static asection * mips_elf_got_section PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_boolean));
409 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_info
410 PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **));
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
412 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma));
413 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
414 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
415 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
416 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma *));
417 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
418 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_boolean));
419 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
420 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, bfd *, bfd_vma));
421 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
422 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma));
423 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
424 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, unsigned long));
425 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
426 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
427 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
428 PARAMS ((bfd *, long, bfd_vma, struct mips_got_info *));
429 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
430 PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
431 struct mips_got_info *));
432 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *mips_elf_next_relocation
433 PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
434 const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
435 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
436 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection **, bfd_boolean));
437 static bfd_vma mips_elf_sign_extend PARAMS ((bfd_vma, int));
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p PARAMS ((bfd_vma, int));
439 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
440 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
441 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
442 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
443 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
444 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
445 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean));
446 static asection *mips_elf_create_msym_section
448 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
449 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *,
450 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *,
451 Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **, bfd_vma *, const char **,
452 bfd_boolean *, bfd_boolean));
453 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
454 PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, bfd_byte *));
455 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
456 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, reloc_howto_type *,
457 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
459 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
460 PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
461 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
462 PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int));
463 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
464 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
465 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *,
466 bfd_vma, bfd_vma *, asection *));
467 static void mips_set_isa_flags PARAMS ((bfd *));
468 static INLINE char* elf_mips_abi_name PARAMS ((bfd *));
469 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
470 PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *));
471 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p PARAMS ((unsigned long, unsigned long));
472 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p PARAMS ((flagword));
473 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
474 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash PARAMS ((const PTR));
475 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
477 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
478 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct mips_got_info *,
479 asection *, bfd_size_type));
480 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash PARAMS ((const PTR));
481 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash PARAMS ((const PTR));
483 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
484 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd PARAMS ((void **, void *));
485 static int mips_elf_merge_gots PARAMS ((void **, void *));
486 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset PARAMS ((void**, void *));
487 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry PARAMS ((void**, void *));
488 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
489 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info *));
490 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
491 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *));
492 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
493 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info *, bfd *));
495 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
496 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
498 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
499 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
500 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
502 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
503 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
504 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
506 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
507 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
509 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
510 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
511 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
513 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
514 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
515 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
517 /* The name of the options section. */
518 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
519 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
521 /* The name of the stub section. */
522 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
523 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.stubs" : ".stub")
525 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
526 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
527 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
529 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
530 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
531 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
533 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
535 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
537 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
538 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
539 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
541 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
542 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
543 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->file_align == 8 ? 3 : 2)
545 /* Get word-sized data. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
547 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
549 /* Put out word-sized data. */
550 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
552 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
553 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
555 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
558 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
559 ? bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val) \
560 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
562 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
563 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
564 ? (abort (), FALSE) \
565 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
568 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
569 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
571 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
572 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
573 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
574 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
575 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
576 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
577 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
578 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
579 section, that is RELA. */
580 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
581 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
582 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
583 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
584 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
585 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
586 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
588 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
589 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
590 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
592 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
593 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
596 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. For some reason the stub is
603 slightly different on an SGI system. */
604 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
606 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
607 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
608 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x03e07825 : 0x03e07821) /* move t7,ra */
610 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jal t9 */
611 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
612 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x34180000 : 0x24180000) /* ori t8,zero,0 */
613 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
615 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
618 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
619 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
620 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
621 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
624 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
625 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
626 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
627 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
628 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
629 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
630 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
631 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
633 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
634 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
636 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
638 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
639 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
642 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
643 floating point arguments.
645 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
646 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
647 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
648 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
649 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
650 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
651 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
652 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
654 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
655 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
656 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
657 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
658 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
659 stub should be discarded.
661 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
662 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
663 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
664 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
665 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
666 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
667 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
670 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
671 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
672 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
674 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
676 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
677 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
678 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
680 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
682 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
683 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
684 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
687 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
689 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
690 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
692 (bfd_boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func), \
695 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
697 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
698 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
700 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
702 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
703 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
704 struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
705 struct bfd_hash_table *table;
708 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
709 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
711 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
713 if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
714 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
715 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
716 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)));
717 if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
718 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
720 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
721 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
722 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
724 if (ret != (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
726 /* Set local fields. */
727 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
728 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
729 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
731 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
732 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
733 ret->min_dyn_reloc_index = 0;
734 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
736 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
737 ret->call_stub = NULL;
738 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
739 ret->forced_local = FALSE;
742 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
746 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec)
750 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
751 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
753 sdata = (struct _mips_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
756 sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata;
758 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
761 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
762 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
765 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, section, debug)
768 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
771 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
772 char *ext_hdr = NULL;
774 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
775 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
777 ext_hdr = (char *) bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
778 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
781 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, (file_ptr) 0,
782 swap->external_hdr_size))
785 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
786 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
788 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
790 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
791 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
795 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
796 debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc (amt); \
797 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
799 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
800 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
804 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
805 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, PTR);
806 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, PTR);
807 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, PTR);
808 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, PTR);
809 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
811 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
812 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
813 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, PTR);
814 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, PTR);
815 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, PTR);
819 debug->adjust = NULL;
826 if (debug->line != NULL)
828 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
829 free (debug->external_dnr);
830 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
831 free (debug->external_pdr);
832 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
833 free (debug->external_sym);
834 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
835 free (debug->external_opt);
836 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
837 free (debug->external_aux);
838 if (debug->ss != NULL)
840 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
842 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
843 free (debug->external_fdr);
844 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
845 free (debug->external_rfd);
846 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
847 free (debug->external_ext);
851 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
854 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, in, ex)
859 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
860 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
861 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
862 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
863 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
864 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
866 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
867 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
869 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
871 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->exception_info, ex->p_exception_info);
875 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
878 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle, abfd, info, s, debug)
881 struct bfd_link_info *info;
883 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
885 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
886 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
888 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
890 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
891 struct sym_ext *esym;
896 unsigned long sindex;
900 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
908 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
910 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
914 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
916 epdr = (struct pdr_ext *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
920 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (PTR) epdr))
923 size = sizeof (RPDR);
924 rp = rpdr = (RPDR *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
928 size = sizeof (char *);
929 sv = (char **) bfd_malloc (size * count);
933 count = hdr->isymMax;
934 size = swap->external_sym_size;
935 esym = (struct sym_ext *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
939 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (PTR) esym))
943 ss = (char *) bfd_malloc (count);
946 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (PTR) ss))
950 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
952 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) (epdr + i), &pdr);
953 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, (PTR) &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
955 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
956 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
957 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
958 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
959 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
960 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
961 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
963 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
964 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
968 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
969 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
970 rtproc = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
973 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
977 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
979 erp = (struct rpdr_ext *) rtproc;
980 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
982 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
983 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
984 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
985 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
987 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
989 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
991 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
993 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
995 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) rtproc;
997 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
998 matters, but someday it might). */
999 s->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
1028 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1032 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h, data)
1033 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1034 PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1036 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1037 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1039 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1040 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1042 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1043 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1044 being included in the link. */
1045 h->fn_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1046 h->fn_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1047 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1048 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1049 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1052 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1053 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1055 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1056 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1057 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1058 h->call_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1059 h->call_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1060 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1061 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1062 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1065 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1066 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1068 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1069 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1070 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1071 h->call_fp_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1072 h->call_fp_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1073 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1074 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1075 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1081 bfd_reloc_status_type
1082 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section,
1083 relocateable, data, gp)
1086 arelent *reloc_entry;
1087 asection *input_section;
1088 bfd_boolean relocateable;
1096 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1099 relocation = symbol->value;
1101 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1102 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1104 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1105 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1107 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1109 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1110 if (reloc_entry->howto->src_mask == 0)
1112 /* This case occurs with the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
1113 val = reloc_entry->addend;
1117 val = ((insn & 0xffff) + reloc_entry->addend) & 0xffff;
1122 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1123 are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
1124 an external symbol. */
1126 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1127 val += relocation - gp;
1129 insn = (insn & ~0xffff) | (val & 0xffff);
1130 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1133 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1135 else if ((long) val >= 0x8000 || (long) val < -0x8000)
1136 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
1138 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1141 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1142 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1145 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (abfd, ex, in)
1147 const Elf32_External_gptab *ex;
1150 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1151 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1155 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, in, ex)
1157 const Elf32_gptab *in;
1158 Elf32_External_gptab *ex;
1160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1161 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1165 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (abfd, in, ex)
1167 const Elf32_compact_rel *in;
1168 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex;
1170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
1171 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
1172 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
1173 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
1174 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
1175 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
1179 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
1181 const Elf32_crinfo *in;
1182 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex;
1186 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
1187 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
1188 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
1189 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
1190 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
1191 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
1192 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
1196 /* Swap in an MSYM entry. */
1199 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in (abfd, ex, in)
1201 const Elf32_External_Msym *ex;
1202 Elf32_Internal_Msym *in;
1204 in->ms_hash_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ms_hash_value);
1205 in->ms_info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ms_info);
1208 /* Swap out an MSYM entry. */
1211 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out (abfd, in, ex)
1213 const Elf32_Internal_Msym *in;
1214 Elf32_External_Msym *ex;
1216 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ms_hash_value, ex->ms_hash_value);
1217 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ms_info, ex->ms_info);
1220 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1221 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1222 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1225 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, ex, in)
1227 const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex;
1230 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1231 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1232 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1233 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1234 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1235 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1239 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
1241 const Elf32_RegInfo *in;
1242 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex;
1244 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1245 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1246 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1247 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1252 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1253 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1254 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1255 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1256 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1259 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, ex, in)
1261 const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex;
1262 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in;
1264 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1265 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
1266 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1267 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1268 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1269 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1270 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1274 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
1276 const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in;
1277 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex;
1279 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1280 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
1281 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1282 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1283 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1284 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1285 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1288 /* Swap in an options header. */
1291 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, ex, in)
1293 const Elf_External_Options *ex;
1294 Elf_Internal_Options *in;
1296 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
1297 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
1298 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
1299 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
1302 /* Swap out an options header. */
1305 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (abfd, in, ex)
1307 const Elf_Internal_Options *in;
1308 Elf_External_Options *ex;
1310 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
1311 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
1312 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
1313 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
1316 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1317 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1320 sort_dynamic_relocs (arg1, arg2)
1324 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
1325 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
1327 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
1328 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
1330 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
1333 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1336 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (arg1, arg2)
1340 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
1341 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
1343 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1344 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
1345 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1346 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
1348 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info)
1349 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info));
1353 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1354 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1355 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1356 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1357 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1358 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1359 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1360 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1361 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1362 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1363 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1364 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1365 when generating a final executable. */
1368 mips_elf_output_extsym (h, data)
1369 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1372 struct extsym_info *einfo = (struct extsym_info *) data;
1374 asection *sec, *output_section;
1376 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1377 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1379 if (h->root.indx == -2)
1381 else if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
1382 || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
1383 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
1384 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
1386 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
1387 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
1388 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
1389 h->root.root.root.string,
1390 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
1398 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
1401 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
1402 h->esym.weakext = 0;
1403 h->esym.reserved = 0;
1404 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
1405 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1406 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
1408 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1409 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
1413 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1415 name = h->root.root.root.string;
1416 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
1417 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
1419 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1420 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1421 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1423 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
1425 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1426 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1427 h->esym.asym.value =
1428 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
1430 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
1432 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1433 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1434 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
1437 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1439 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
1440 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1441 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1446 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1447 output_section = sec->output_section;
1449 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1450 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1451 if (output_section == NULL)
1452 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1455 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
1457 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
1458 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
1459 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
1460 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1461 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
1462 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
1463 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
1464 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
1465 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
1466 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
1467 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1468 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
1469 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1470 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
1471 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
1472 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
1473 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
1475 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1479 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
1480 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
1483 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
1484 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
1485 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1486 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1488 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
1489 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1490 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
1491 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1493 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1494 output_section = sec->output_section;
1495 if (output_section != NULL)
1496 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
1497 + sec->output_offset
1498 + output_section->vma);
1500 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1502 else if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
1504 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
1505 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
1507 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1509 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
1510 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
1515 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1516 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
1517 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
1519 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1522 output_section = sec->output_section;
1523 if (output_section != NULL)
1524 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
1525 + sec->output_offset
1526 + output_section->vma);
1528 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1536 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
1537 h->root.root.root.string,
1540 einfo->failed = TRUE;
1547 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1550 gptab_compare (p1, p2)
1554 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = (const Elf32_gptab *) p1;
1555 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = (const Elf32_gptab *) p2;
1557 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
1560 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1562 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1565 static INLINE hashval_t
1566 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (addr)
1570 return addr + (addr >> 32);
1576 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1577 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1581 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (entry_)
1584 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1586 return entry->symndx
1587 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1589 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
1590 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
1594 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (entry1, entry2)
1598 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1599 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1601 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1602 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1603 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1604 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1607 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1608 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1609 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1613 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (entry_)
1616 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1618 return entry->symndx
1620 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1621 : entry->symndx >= 0
1623 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
1624 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
1628 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (entry1, entry2)
1632 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1633 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1635 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1636 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1637 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
1638 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1639 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1642 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1645 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, create_p)
1647 bfd_boolean create_p;
1649 static const char dname[] = ".rel.dyn";
1652 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
1653 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
1655 sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
1657 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
1662 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1664 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
1671 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1674 mips_elf_got_section (abfd, maybe_excluded)
1676 bfd_boolean maybe_excluded;
1678 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1680 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
1685 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1686 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1689 static struct mips_got_info *
1690 mips_elf_got_info (abfd, sgotp)
1695 struct mips_got_info *g;
1697 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1698 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
1699 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
1700 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1701 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1704 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
1709 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1710 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1711 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1714 mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, ibfd, info, value)
1716 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1720 struct mips_got_info *g;
1721 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1723 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1725 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1727 return entry->gotidx;
1732 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1735 mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, ibfd, h)
1737 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1741 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
1742 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
1744 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
1745 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
1747 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
1749 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
1751 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
1756 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
1758 p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
1760 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
1765 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
1766 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1768 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1769 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1770 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1772 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
1773 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
1774 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
1775 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->_raw_size);
1780 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1781 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1782 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1783 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1784 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1787 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, ibfd, info, value, offsetp)
1789 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1794 struct mips_got_info *g;
1796 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1798 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1800 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot,
1802 & (~(bfd_vma)0xffff));
1807 index = entry->gotidx;
1810 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
1815 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1816 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1819 mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, ibfd, info, value, external)
1821 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1823 bfd_boolean external;
1826 struct mips_got_info *g;
1827 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1831 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1832 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1833 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1835 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
1838 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1840 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1842 return entry->gotidx;
1847 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1851 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, output_bfd, input_bfd, index)
1859 struct mips_got_info *g;
1861 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
1862 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
1863 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
1865 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
1868 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1869 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1871 static struct mips_got_entry *
1872 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, gg, sgot, value)
1874 struct mips_got_info *gg;
1878 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
1879 struct mips_got_info *g;
1883 entry.d.address = value;
1885 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
1888 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
1889 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1892 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
1897 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
1899 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
1904 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
1906 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
1908 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
1909 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1910 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1911 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1912 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1916 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
1917 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
1922 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
1923 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
1924 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
1925 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
1926 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
1927 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
1930 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, max_local)
1931 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1932 unsigned long max_local;
1934 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
1935 struct mips_got_info *g;
1938 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
1940 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
1943 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
1944 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
1945 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
1946 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
1947 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
1948 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
1949 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
1950 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
1951 too large offsets. */
1952 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
1953 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
1954 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
1955 elf_hash_table (info)),
1956 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
1959 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
1960 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
1961 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
1962 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
1963 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
1965 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
1966 table index in the GOT. */
1967 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
1972 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
1973 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
1977 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (h, data)
1978 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1981 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd
1982 = (struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *) data;
1984 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1985 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1987 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
1989 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
1992 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
1993 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
1994 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
1996 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
1998 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
1999 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2000 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
2002 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
2003 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
2006 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
2007 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2013 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2014 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2018 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g)
2019 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2021 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2022 struct mips_got_info *g;
2024 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2026 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2028 if (h->dynindx == -1)
2030 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
2034 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
2037 if (!bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2043 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2045 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2048 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2049 need to do it again. */
2053 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2059 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2061 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
2064 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2065 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2066 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2072 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2073 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2076 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, symndx, addend, g)
2080 struct mips_got_info *g;
2082 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2085 entry.symndx = symndx;
2086 entry.d.addend = addend;
2087 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
2088 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
2093 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
2095 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2100 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2105 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2108 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (entry_)
2111 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
2112 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
2114 return entry->bfd->id;
2117 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2120 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (entry1, entry2)
2124 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
2125 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
2126 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
2127 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
2129 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
2132 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2133 be the master GOT data. */
2135 static struct mips_got_info *
2136 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd)
2137 struct mips_got_info *g;
2140 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
2146 p = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
2147 return p ? p->g : NULL;
2150 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2151 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2155 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (entryp, p)
2159 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2160 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2161 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
2162 struct mips_got_info *g;
2163 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
2166 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2168 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
2169 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
2170 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
2176 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2177 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2187 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
2188 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
2189 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2196 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2197 g->global_gotno = 0;
2199 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
2200 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2201 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
2203 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2213 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2214 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2215 if (*entryp != NULL)
2220 if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
2228 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2229 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2230 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2231 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2232 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2233 and then make make the new got current. */
2236 mips_elf_merge_gots (bfd2got_, p)
2240 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
2241 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
2242 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2243 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
2244 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
2245 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
2247 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2248 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2249 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2251 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
2252 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
2254 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2255 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2256 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2257 else if (arg->primary
2258 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount) <= maxcnt)
2260 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2261 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
2262 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
2264 bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
2266 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2267 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2269 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2272 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2273 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2274 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2277 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount == arg->primary->local_gotno);
2278 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
2280 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
2281 + arg->primary->global_gotno;
2283 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2284 else if (arg->current
2285 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2287 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2288 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
2289 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
2291 bfd2got->g = arg->current;
2293 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2294 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2296 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2299 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2301 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount == arg->current->local_gotno);
2302 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
2304 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
2305 + arg->current->global_gotno;
2307 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2308 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2309 overflows anyway. */
2312 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
2313 arg->current = bfd2got->g;
2315 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount;
2321 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2322 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2323 got) to the given VALUE.
2325 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2326 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2327 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2328 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2329 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2330 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2331 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2332 marked as not elligible for lazy resolution through a function
2335 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (entryp, p)
2339 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2340 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
2341 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
2342 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
2344 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
2345 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2349 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
2351 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
2352 /* We can't do lazy update of GOT entries for
2353 non-primary GOTs since the PLT entries don't use the
2354 right offsets, so punt at it for now. */
2355 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
2356 if (arg->info->shared
2357 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
2358 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2359 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
2360 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2361 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
2362 ++arg->needed_relocs;
2365 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
2371 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2372 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2373 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2374 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2375 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2376 the traversal must be restarted. */
2378 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (entryp, p)
2382 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2383 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
2385 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
2387 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
2389 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2390 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2391 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2393 if (entry->d.h == h)
2398 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2399 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2400 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
2402 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
2403 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2406 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2407 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2409 *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
2412 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2413 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2419 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2422 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g)
2423 struct mips_got_info *g;
2429 got_entries = g->got_entries;
2431 htab_traverse (got_entries,
2432 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
2435 while (got_entries == NULL);
2438 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2441 mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, g, ibfd)
2443 struct mips_got_info *g;
2446 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2449 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
2453 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
2457 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2460 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2461 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2464 mips_elf_multi_got (abfd, info, g, got, pages)
2466 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2467 struct mips_got_info *g;
2469 bfd_size_type pages;
2471 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
2472 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
2473 struct mips_got_info *gg;
2474 unsigned int assign;
2476 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
2477 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq,
2479 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2482 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
2483 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
2484 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
2486 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2487 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2488 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
2489 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2490 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2493 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
2494 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
2495 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2496 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2497 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2498 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd)
2499 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
2500 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO - pages);
2502 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2503 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2504 to be the primary GOT. */
2505 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2506 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2509 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2510 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
2512 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
2513 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2514 if (g->next == NULL)
2517 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
2518 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
2519 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
2520 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
2521 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2522 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
2524 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
2526 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
2529 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
2530 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
2532 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2536 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2537 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2538 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2539 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2542 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
2545 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2546 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2553 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
2555 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
2559 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2560 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2561 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2564 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2565 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2566 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2567 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2568 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2569 follows IRIX's practice.
2571 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2572 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2573 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2574 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2578 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
2579 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
2580 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
2584 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2585 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2586 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2587 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2588 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2589 their entries can be omitted. */
2590 gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
2591 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
2594 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2595 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2596 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
2597 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2598 &set_got_offset_arg);
2599 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
2600 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2601 &set_got_offset_arg);
2602 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
2605 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2606 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2607 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2608 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2609 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2610 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2611 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2612 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2613 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2614 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2615 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2616 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2617 points back to the master GOT. */
2618 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
2619 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
2625 struct mips_got_info *gn;
2627 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2628 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
2629 g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
2630 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
2632 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2633 list that gg points to. */
2641 got->_raw_size = (gg->next->local_gotno
2642 + gg->next->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2648 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2649 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2651 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
2652 mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, r_type, relocation, relend)
2653 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2654 unsigned int r_type;
2655 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
2656 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
2658 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2659 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2660 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2661 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2662 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2663 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2664 while (relocation < relend)
2666 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
2672 /* We didn't find it. */
2673 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2677 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2680 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, local_sections,
2683 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
2684 asection **local_sections;
2685 bfd_boolean check_forced;
2687 unsigned long r_symndx;
2688 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2692 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2693 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
2694 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2696 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
2698 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
2703 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2704 was forced local. */
2705 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
2706 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
2707 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2708 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2709 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2710 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2711 if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
2718 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2721 mips_elf_sign_extend (value, bits)
2725 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
2726 /* VALUE is negative. */
2727 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
2732 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2733 range expressable by a signed number with the indicated number of
2737 mips_elf_overflow_p (value, bits)
2741 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
2743 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
2744 /* The value is too big. */
2746 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
2747 /* The value is too small. */
2754 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2757 mips_elf_high (value)
2760 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2763 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2766 mips_elf_higher (value)
2767 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2770 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2773 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2777 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2780 mips_elf_highest (value)
2781 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2784 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2787 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2791 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2794 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info)
2796 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2799 register asection *s;
2801 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
2803 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2806 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
2808 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2809 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
2810 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
2813 s->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
2819 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2822 mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, maybe_exclude)
2824 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2825 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude;
2828 register asection *s;
2829 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2830 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
2831 struct mips_got_info *g;
2834 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2835 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
2838 if (! maybe_exclude)
2839 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
2843 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2844 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2847 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
2849 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
2851 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2852 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2855 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2856 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2857 are not creating a global offset table. */
2859 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2860 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2861 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2862 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2865 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2866 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
2867 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
2868 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2871 && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2874 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
2875 g = (struct mips_got_info *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2878 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2879 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2880 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2883 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2884 mips_elf_got_entry_eq,
2886 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2888 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
2889 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
2890 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
2895 /* Returns the .msym section for ABFD, creating it if it does not
2896 already exist. Returns NULL to indicate error. */
2899 mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd)
2904 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".msym");
2907 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".msym");
2909 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s,
2913 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2915 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
2916 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
2923 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2924 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2925 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2927 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2928 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2929 relocation must be JALX.
2931 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2932 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2933 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2934 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2936 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2937 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd, input_bfd, input_section, info,
2938 relocation, addend, howto, local_syms,
2939 local_sections, valuep, namep,
2940 require_jalxp, save_addend)
2943 asection *input_section;
2944 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2945 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
2947 reloc_howto_type *howto;
2948 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
2949 asection **local_sections;
2952 bfd_boolean *require_jalxp;
2953 bfd_boolean save_addend;
2955 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2957 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2960 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2961 shared object file being produced. */
2962 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
2963 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2966 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2967 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
2968 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2969 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2970 during execution. */
2971 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
2972 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2974 asection *sec = NULL;
2975 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
2976 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2978 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
2979 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2980 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
2981 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2983 unsigned long r_symndx;
2985 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
2986 relocation value. */
2987 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
2988 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
2989 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
2991 /* Parse the relocation. */
2992 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2993 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2994 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
2995 + input_section->output_offset
2996 + relocation->r_offset);
2998 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
2999 overflowed_p = FALSE;
3001 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3002 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3003 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3004 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3005 local_sections, FALSE);
3006 was_local_p = local_p;
3007 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
3008 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3011 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3012 must come before globals. */
3016 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3019 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3021 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3022 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3024 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3025 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
3026 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
3027 symbol += sym->st_value;
3028 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3029 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3031 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
3033 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3036 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3037 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
3040 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3041 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
3042 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
3045 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3047 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
3051 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3052 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3053 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
3054 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3055 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3056 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3057 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3059 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3060 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
3062 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3063 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3064 if (strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0
3065 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
3067 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3068 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3069 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16)
3070 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3074 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3075 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3076 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3078 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3079 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3080 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
3082 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
3083 if (sec->output_section)
3084 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
3085 + sec->output_section->vma
3086 + sec->output_offset);
3088 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
3090 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3091 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3092 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3093 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3096 else if (info->shared
3097 && !info->no_undefined
3098 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
3100 else if (strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3101 strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3103 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3104 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3105 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3106 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3107 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3109 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
3110 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
3115 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
3116 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
3117 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
3118 (!info->shared || info->no_undefined
3119 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))))
3120 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3124 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
3127 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3128 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3130 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable
3131 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
3132 || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
3133 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
3134 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
3136 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3137 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3140 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
3143 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
3147 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3149 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3150 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3151 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable
3153 && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3154 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3156 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3157 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3159 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3164 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
3166 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
3167 CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
3169 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3176 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
3179 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3181 BFD_ASSERT (sec->_raw_size > 0);
3182 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3185 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3186 special jalx instruction. */
3187 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocateable
3188 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3189 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
3191 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3192 local_sections, TRUE);
3194 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3195 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3200 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3201 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3202 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3203 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3204 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3205 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3208 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
3209 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3211 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h);
3212 if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
3214 && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
3215 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
3217 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3218 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3219 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3220 bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3221 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd, FALSE);
3222 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol + addend, sgot->contents + g);
3225 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
3226 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3227 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3231 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd,
3232 info, symbol + addend);
3234 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3237 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3238 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3239 abfd, input_bfd, g);
3244 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3245 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3246 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3247 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3248 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
3249 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3250 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)
3251 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd,
3253 (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, NULL),
3261 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3265 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3268 value = symbol + mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3269 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3276 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
3278 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3279 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
3280 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3281 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
3283 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3285 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3286 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3287 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3288 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3291 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
3299 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3303 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3304 value = symbol + addend;
3308 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3313 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16:
3314 value = symbol + addend - p;
3315 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3318 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16:
3319 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3320 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3321 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3322 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3323 the comment there for more information. */
3324 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - p);
3325 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3329 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3330 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3331 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3332 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3333 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3336 value = (((addend << 2) | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
3338 value = (mips_elf_sign_extend (addend << 2, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
3339 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3345 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
3346 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3350 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
3351 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3357 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
3360 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
3361 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3362 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3363 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3364 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3367 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3368 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3371 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3372 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3373 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3374 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3375 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3376 not check for overflow here. */
3380 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3381 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3382 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3383 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3388 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3389 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3390 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3391 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3392 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3393 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3394 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3395 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3396 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3397 if (howto->partial_inplace)
3398 addend = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3399 value = symbol + addend - gp;
3400 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3401 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3402 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3403 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3407 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3416 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3417 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3419 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3420 local_sections, FALSE);
3421 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
3422 symbol + addend, forced);
3423 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3424 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3426 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3427 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3428 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3434 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3436 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3439 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3440 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
3442 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3446 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
3447 value = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend << 2, 18) + symbol - p;
3448 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
3449 value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
3452 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3453 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3454 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3455 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3456 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3458 value = mips_elf_high (value);
3459 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3462 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3463 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3464 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
3467 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3468 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
3469 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3470 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3471 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3472 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3473 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3476 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3477 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
3478 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3482 value = symbol - addend;
3483 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3487 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
3488 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3491 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
3492 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
3493 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3496 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
3497 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
3498 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3503 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3504 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3505 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3507 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3508 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
3509 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3510 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3513 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3514 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3517 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3519 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
3522 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3525 mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents)
3526 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3527 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
3532 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3534 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3535 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
3537 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26
3538 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3539 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3540 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3541 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3542 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3547 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3548 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3549 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3550 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3551 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3552 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3554 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3557 mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, relocation, value, input_bfd,
3558 input_section, contents, require_jalx)
3559 struct bfd_link_info *info;
3560 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3561 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
3564 asection *input_section;
3566 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
3570 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3572 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3573 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3575 /* Obtain the current value. */
3576 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
3578 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3579 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
3581 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3582 value in a funny way. */
3583 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3585 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3586 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3589 The format of these instructions is:
3591 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3592 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3593 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3595 +-----------------------------------------------+
3597 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3598 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3600 When producing a relocateable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3601 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3602 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3603 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3604 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3605 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3606 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3607 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3608 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3609 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3612 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3613 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3614 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3615 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3616 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3617 value as two 16-bit values.
3619 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3623 +--------+----------------------+
3627 +--------+----------------------+
3630 +----------+------+-------------+
3634 +----------+--------------------+
3635 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3636 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3638 When producing a relocateable object file, the calculation is
3639 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3640 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3641 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3642 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3644 if (!info->relocateable)
3645 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3646 value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5)
3647 | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3648 | (value & 0xffff));
3650 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3652 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3653 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3655 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3656 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3657 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3658 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3659 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3661 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3664 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3665 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3666 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3668 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3669 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3670 little-endian system. */
3671 value = (((value & 0x7e0) << 16)
3672 | ((value & 0xf800) << 5)
3676 /* Set the field. */
3677 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
3679 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3683 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
3684 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
3686 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3687 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3689 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
3694 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
3698 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3701 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3702 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3703 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
3704 input_section->name,
3705 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
3706 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3710 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3711 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
3714 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3715 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3716 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL || r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3717 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3718 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3720 /* Put the value into the output. */
3721 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
3725 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3728 mips_elf_stub_section_p (abfd, section)
3729 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3732 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
3734 return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
3735 || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
3736 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
3739 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3742 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (abfd, n)
3748 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd, FALSE);
3749 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3751 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
3753 /* Make room for a null element. */
3754 s->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3757 s->_raw_size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3760 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3761 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3762 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3763 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3766 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, info, rel, h, sec,
3767 symbol, addendp, input_section)
3769 struct bfd_link_info *info;
3770 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
3771 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3775 asection *input_section;
3777 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
3783 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
3784 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3785 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
3786 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
3787 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
3788 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
3789 < sreloc->_raw_size);
3792 outrel[0].r_offset =
3793 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
3794 outrel[1].r_offset =
3795 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
3796 outrel[2].r_offset =
3797 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
3800 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3801 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3802 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3803 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS)
3805 outrel[1].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset;
3806 outrel[2].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset;
3810 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3811 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3812 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3813 machinery tell us the offset. */
3814 outrel[1].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3815 outrel[2].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3816 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3818 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3823 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
3824 || outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
3827 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3828 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3829 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3831 memset (outrel, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela) * 3);
3836 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3837 in the relocation. */
3839 && (! info->symbolic || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3840 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
3842 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3843 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3850 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
3852 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
3854 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3859 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
3864 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3865 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3866 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3867 local symbols because we used to generate them
3868 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3869 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3870 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3871 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3872 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3873 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3878 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3879 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3880 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3881 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3882 if (!indx && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3885 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3886 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3887 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
3889 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3890 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3891 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3892 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3893 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3894 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3895 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3896 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3897 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3898 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3899 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3900 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3901 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) 0,
3902 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
3905 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) 0,
3908 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3909 correct location in the output file. */
3910 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3911 + input_section->output_offset);
3912 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3913 + input_section->output_offset);
3914 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3915 + input_section->output_offset);
3918 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3919 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3920 relocation format is non-standard. */
3921 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3923 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3924 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
3926 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3929 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3930 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
3931 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3933 /* Record the index of the first relocation referencing H. This
3934 information is later emitted in the .msym section. */
3936 && (h->min_dyn_reloc_index == 0
3937 || sreloc->reloc_count < h->min_dyn_reloc_index))
3938 h->min_dyn_reloc_index = sreloc->reloc_count;
3940 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3941 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
3943 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3944 will be writing to it. */
3945 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
3948 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3949 if (! skip && IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
3951 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
3956 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
3958 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
3959 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
3960 + input_section->output_section->vma
3961 + input_section->output_offset);
3962 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
3963 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
3965 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
3966 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
3967 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
3969 cr = (scpt->contents
3970 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
3971 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
3972 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
3973 + scpt->reloc_count));
3974 ++scpt->reloc_count;
3981 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
3984 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flags)
3987 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
3989 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
3990 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
3992 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
3993 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
3995 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
3996 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
3998 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
3999 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
4001 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
4002 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
4004 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
4005 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
4007 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
4008 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
4010 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
4011 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
4013 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
4014 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
4017 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
4021 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
4025 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
4029 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
4033 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
4037 return bfd_mach_mips5;
4040 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
4041 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
4044 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
4045 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
4048 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
4049 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
4057 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4059 static INLINE char *
4060 elf_mips_abi_name (abfd)
4065 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
4066 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
4069 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
4071 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
4075 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
4077 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
4079 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
4081 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
4084 return "unknown abi";
4088 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4089 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4090 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4091 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4092 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4093 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
4094 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4095 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4097 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4098 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4099 definition in a shared library. */
4100 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
4101 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4102 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4104 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4105 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4108 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (abfd, asym)
4112 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
4114 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
4115 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
4117 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4118 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4119 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4120 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4121 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4122 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4123 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
4125 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4126 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
4127 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
4128 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4129 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4130 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4131 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
4132 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4133 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4134 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4136 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4140 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4141 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4142 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4143 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4146 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4147 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
4149 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4150 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
4151 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
4152 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4153 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4154 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4155 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
4156 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4157 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4158 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4160 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4161 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
4164 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4165 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4168 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4170 asym->section = mips_elf_text_section_ptr;
4174 asym->section = mips_elf_data_section_ptr;
4180 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4181 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4182 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4186 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (abfd, hdr)
4188 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4190 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4191 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
4195 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
4196 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
4199 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
4202 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4203 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4)
4207 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4208 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4209 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
4210 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
4212 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4214 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4215 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4216 so that we don't have to read them again.
4217 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4218 through the section contents to see if there is an
4219 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4221 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
4223 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4224 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4226 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4228 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4230 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4237 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4238 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
4241 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4242 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, abfd) != 8)
4245 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4252 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4253 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
4256 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4257 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4)
4264 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
4266 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
4268 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4269 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
4270 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
4272 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4273 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4275 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
4277 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4278 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
4280 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
4282 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4283 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4285 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4288 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4290 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
4292 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
4294 unsigned int adjust;
4296 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
4298 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
4306 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4307 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4308 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4310 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4314 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)
4316 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4321 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4322 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4323 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4324 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4325 probably get away with this. */
4326 switch (hdr->sh_type)
4328 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
4329 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
4333 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
4336 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
4337 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
4340 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
4341 if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4344 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
4345 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
4348 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
4349 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
4351 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
4353 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
4354 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
4355 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
4357 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
4359 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
4360 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4363 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
4364 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4367 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
4368 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0)
4371 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
4372 if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4375 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
4376 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4379 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
4380 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4381 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4382 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4389 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
4394 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4395 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
4401 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4403 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4404 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4405 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4406 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4407 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
4409 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
4412 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, (PTR) &ext,
4414 (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
4416 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
4417 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
4420 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4421 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4422 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4423 they should agree. */
4424 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
4426 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4428 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
4429 if (contents == NULL)
4431 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
4432 (file_ptr) 0, hdr->sh_size))
4438 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4439 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4441 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4443 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4445 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4447 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
4449 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4451 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
4452 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4454 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4456 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4458 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
4460 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4462 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
4463 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4465 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4475 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4476 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4477 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4480 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (abfd, hdr, sec)
4482 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4485 register const char *name;
4487 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
4489 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
4491 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
4492 hdr->sh_info = sec->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
4493 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4495 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
4496 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
4497 else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4499 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
4500 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
4501 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4503 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
4504 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
4505 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
4507 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
4508 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4509 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4510 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4511 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4513 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4515 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
4517 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
4518 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4519 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4520 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4522 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4523 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4525 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4528 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4530 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4531 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
4532 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
4533 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
4535 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4536 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4538 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4539 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
4542 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
4543 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
4544 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4545 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
4546 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
4547 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
4548 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4549 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4551 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
4552 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4554 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4556 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
4557 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4558 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4560 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
4562 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
4563 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4564 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4566 else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4567 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
4568 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4570 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
4571 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4572 final_write_processing. */
4574 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4575 || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4576 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4578 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
4579 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4580 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4582 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
4584 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
4585 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
4586 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
4589 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the
4590 default kind of relocations. But, we may actually need both
4591 kinds of relocations, so we set up the second header here.
4593 This is not necessary for the O32 ABI since that only uses Elf32_Rel
4594 relocations (cf. System V ABI, MIPS RISC Processor Supplement,
4595 3rd Edition, p. 4-17). It breaks the IRIX 5/6 32-bit ld, since one
4596 of the resulting empty .rela.<section> sections starts with
4597 sh_offset == object size, and ld doesn't allow that. While the check
4598 is arguably bogus for empty or SHT_NOBITS sections, it can easily be
4599 avoided by not emitting those useless sections in the first place. */
4600 if (! SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && ! NEWABI_P(abfd)
4601 && (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
4603 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd;
4604 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
4606 esd = elf_section_data (sec);
4607 BFD_ASSERT (esd->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
4608 esd->rel_hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4611 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, esd->rel_hdr2, sec, !sec->use_rela_p);
4617 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4618 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4619 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4620 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4621 the .scommon section. */
4624 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec, retval)
4625 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4629 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
4631 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4634 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
4636 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
4642 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4643 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4646 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
4648 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4649 const Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4651 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4655 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4656 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
4657 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4659 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4664 switch (sym->st_shndx)
4667 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4668 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4669 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4670 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4673 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4674 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
4675 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
4676 *valp = sym->st_size;
4680 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4681 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
4683 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
4684 asection *elf_text_section;
4685 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4687 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4688 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
4691 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4692 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4693 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
4696 /* Initialize the section. */
4698 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
4699 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4701 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4702 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
4704 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
4705 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4706 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
4707 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
4708 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
4709 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4710 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
4712 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4713 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4714 so I took it out. */
4715 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
4718 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4719 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4721 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4722 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
4724 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
4725 asection *elf_data_section;
4726 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4728 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4729 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
4732 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4733 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4734 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
4737 /* Initialize the section. */
4739 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
4740 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4742 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4743 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
4745 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
4746 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4747 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
4748 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
4749 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
4750 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4751 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
4753 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4754 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4755 so I took it out. */
4756 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
4759 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4760 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4764 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4766 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
4767 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4769 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4770 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4772 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4774 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4775 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp,
4776 (bfd_vma) *valp, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
4777 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4780 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4781 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4782 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4783 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4785 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4788 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
4791 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4792 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4793 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4794 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
4800 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4801 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4802 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4805 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd, info, name, sym, input_sec)
4806 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4807 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4808 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4809 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4810 asection *input_sec;
4812 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4813 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4814 common in the output file. */
4815 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
4816 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
4817 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4819 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
4820 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
4826 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4828 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4831 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)
4833 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4835 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4836 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4838 register asection *s;
4839 const char * const *namep;
4841 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4842 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
4844 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4845 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4848 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
4852 /* We need to create .got section. */
4853 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
4856 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, TRUE))
4859 /* Create the .msym section on IRIX6. It is used by the dynamic
4860 linker to speed up dynamic relocations, and to avoid computing
4861 the ELF hash for symbols. */
4862 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
4863 && !mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd))
4866 /* Create .stub section. */
4867 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
4868 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
4870 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
4872 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
4873 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4874 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4878 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
4880 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
4882 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
4884 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
4885 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4886 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4890 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4891 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4892 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4893 the linker takes such action. */
4894 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
4896 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
4899 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4900 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr,
4901 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
4902 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4905 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4906 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4907 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4908 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4910 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4914 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4915 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4917 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
4921 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4922 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
4924 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4925 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
4927 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4928 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
4930 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4931 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
4933 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4934 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4936 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4943 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4945 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4946 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr,
4947 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
4948 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4951 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4952 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4953 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4954 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4956 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4959 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
4961 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4962 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4963 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
4964 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4965 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
4966 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4968 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
4970 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4971 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4972 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
4973 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4976 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4977 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4978 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4979 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4981 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4989 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4990 allocate space in the global offset table. */
4993 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
4995 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4997 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
5001 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5002 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5003 struct mips_got_info *g;
5005 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5006 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5009 struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5011 if (info->relocateable)
5014 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5015 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5016 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5017 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5019 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5021 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
5022 if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
5024 unsigned long r_symndx;
5026 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5029 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5031 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5032 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5036 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5037 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5038 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5039 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5041 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
5042 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
5044 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5045 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
5046 || o->reloc_count == 0
5047 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
5048 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
5049 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
5050 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5051 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
5052 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5055 sec_relocs = (MNAME(abfd,_bfd_elf,link_read_relocs)
5056 (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL,
5057 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
5058 info->keep_memory));
5059 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
5062 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
5063 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
5064 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
5065 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
5068 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
5077 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5078 not need it. Since this function is called before
5079 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5080 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5082 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5086 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5088 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
5090 unsigned long symcount;
5094 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
5095 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
5097 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5098 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
5099 n = (asection **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5102 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
5105 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
5107 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5108 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5109 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5110 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5114 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5116 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5117 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5119 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5122 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5125 else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5126 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5128 unsigned long r_symndx;
5129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5132 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5135 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5137 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5138 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5140 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5141 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5142 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5143 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5144 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5145 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5146 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5150 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5151 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5153 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5155 if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5156 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
5158 loc = &h->call_stub;
5160 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5161 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5162 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5163 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5164 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5165 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5166 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5167 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5168 if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
5170 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5175 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5185 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
5190 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
5191 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
5192 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
5197 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5198 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5199 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
5201 unsigned long r_symndx;
5202 unsigned int r_type;
5203 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5205 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
5206 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
5208 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
5210 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
5212 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5213 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5214 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), name);
5215 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5220 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
5222 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5225 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5226 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5230 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5231 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
5237 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5238 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5239 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5240 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5241 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5242 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5243 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5245 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5246 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
5248 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5255 && (info->shared || h != NULL)
5256 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5257 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5265 if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5266 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5267 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
5269 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5270 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5271 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5272 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5273 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5274 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5275 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5276 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
5286 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5287 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5288 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
5289 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5294 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5295 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5298 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5299 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5302 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5303 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5304 elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol in elflink.h. */
5305 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
5311 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5312 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5313 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5314 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5315 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5322 if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
5323 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5327 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, TRUE);
5331 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5334 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5335 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5336 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5337 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5338 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
5339 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5340 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5341 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5342 relocations against the text segment. */
5343 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5347 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5349 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5350 defined in a dynamic object. */
5351 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5352 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
5353 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5354 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5355 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5356 are relocations against the text segment. */
5357 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
5360 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5361 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5362 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5363 dynamic relocations against it. */
5367 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5368 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
5370 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5371 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5376 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5377 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5378 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5382 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5383 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5384 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5385 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5386 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5387 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5390 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5391 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5392 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5393 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5397 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5398 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5399 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5400 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5408 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5409 related to taking the function's address. */
5415 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5417 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5418 mh->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
5422 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5423 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5427 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5428 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5429 References from a stub section do not count. */
5431 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5432 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
5433 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
5434 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
5435 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
5436 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
5437 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
5439 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5441 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5442 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
5449 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5450 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5451 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5452 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5456 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
5457 struct bfd_link_info *info;
5458 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5461 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5464 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5466 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5467 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
5468 && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT)
5469 || h->weakdef != NULL
5470 || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags
5471 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
5472 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5473 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0
5474 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5475 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)));
5477 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5478 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5480 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5481 if (! info->relocateable
5482 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
5483 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5484 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5485 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
5487 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
5488 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
5489 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
5490 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5491 against the text segment. */
5492 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5495 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5496 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
5497 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
5499 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5502 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5503 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5504 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5505 executable and the shared library. */
5506 if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
5508 /* We need .stub section. */
5509 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
5510 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
5511 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5513 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5514 h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
5516 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5517 h->plt.offset = s->_raw_size;
5519 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5520 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5522 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5523 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5527 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
5528 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
5530 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5531 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5532 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
5536 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5537 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5538 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5539 if (h->weakdef != NULL)
5541 BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5542 || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
5543 h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section;
5544 h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value;
5548 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5549 is not a function. */
5554 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5555 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5556 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5559 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info)
5561 struct bfd_link_info *info;
5567 struct mips_got_info *g;
5569 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
5570 bfd_size_type local_gotno;
5573 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5574 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
5576 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri,
5577 (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
5579 if (! (info->relocateable
5580 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
5581 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
5582 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs,
5585 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5587 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5590 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
5594 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5595 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5597 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
5599 asection *subsection;
5601 for (subsection = sub->sections;
5603 subsection = subsection->next)
5605 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
5607 loadable_size += ((subsection->_raw_size + 0xf)
5608 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
5612 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5613 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5614 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5615 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5617 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
5620 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
5621 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
5623 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5624 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5627 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5628 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5630 loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE * (i + 1);
5632 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5633 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5634 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
5636 g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
5637 s->_raw_size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5639 g->global_gotno = i;
5640 s->_raw_size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5642 if (s->_raw_size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd)
5643 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
5649 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5652 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
5654 struct bfd_link_info *info;
5658 bfd_boolean reltext;
5660 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5661 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
5663 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5665 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5668 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
5669 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5671 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
5673 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
5677 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5678 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5681 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5686 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5687 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5688 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
5690 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5695 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5697 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
5699 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5700 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5701 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5702 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5703 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5704 if (s->output_section != NULL
5706 bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
5707 s->output_section)) == 0)
5712 const char *outname;
5715 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5716 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5717 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5718 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5719 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5721 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
5723 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
5725 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
5726 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5727 || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5730 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5731 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5732 if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5735 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5736 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5737 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5738 will move them around between input sections'
5739 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5740 broken, so don't let it run. */
5741 info->combreloc = 0;
5744 else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
5746 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5747 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5748 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5750 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
5751 struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
5752 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
5753 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
5757 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5758 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
5760 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
5761 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
5763 unsigned int save_assign;
5765 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
5767 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
5768 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
5769 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
5770 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
5771 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
5772 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
5773 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
5774 &set_got_offset_arg);
5775 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
5776 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
5777 <= g->global_gotno);
5779 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
5782 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
5783 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
5784 + g->next->global_gotno
5785 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
5790 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, needed_relocs);
5793 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
5795 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
5796 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
5797 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5799 else if (! info->shared
5800 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
5801 && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
5803 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
5804 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
5807 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
5808 && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
5809 s->_raw_size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
5810 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
5811 s->_raw_size = (sizeof (Elf32_External_Msym)
5812 * (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
5813 + bfd_count_sections (output_bfd)));
5814 else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
5816 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5822 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
5826 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5827 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->_raw_size);
5828 if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
5830 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
5835 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5837 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5838 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5839 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5840 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5841 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5844 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
5845 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
5846 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
5848 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5850 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
5856 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
5857 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5859 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
5864 if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5865 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5867 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
5869 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
5873 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
5876 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE))
5878 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
5881 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
5884 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
5888 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5890 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO, 0))
5894 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5896 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO, 0))
5900 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".conflict") != NULL)
5902 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_CONFLICT, 0))
5905 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".liblist");
5906 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5908 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LIBLIST, 0))
5912 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
5915 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
5919 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
5920 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP, 0))
5925 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM, 0))
5930 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_IVERSION, 0))
5934 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
5937 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
5940 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
5943 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
5946 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
5949 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
5950 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
5953 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
5954 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
5955 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
5956 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
5959 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym")
5960 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_MSYM, 0))
5967 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
5970 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
5971 contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections)
5973 struct bfd_link_info *info;
5975 asection *input_section;
5977 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
5978 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
5979 asection **local_sections;
5981 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5982 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
5984 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
5985 struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5987 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
5988 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5989 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
5993 reloc_howto_type *howto;
5994 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
5995 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
5997 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
5998 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
5999 const char * msg = (const char *) NULL;
6001 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6002 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
6004 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6005 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6006 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6007 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6008 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6009 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6010 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
6012 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6014 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6018 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6019 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
6020 NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
6021 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6022 (input_bfd, input_section,
6025 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
6027 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6029 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6030 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6031 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6032 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6033 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6034 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6035 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
6036 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
6037 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
6038 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
6039 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
6041 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6042 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
6044 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6045 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
6047 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6048 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
6050 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6051 combination of the addend stored in two different
6053 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6054 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6055 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6056 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
6057 local_sections, FALSE)))
6060 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
6061 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
6064 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6065 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6066 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6067 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6070 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6071 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6072 lo = R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16;
6075 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, lo,
6077 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
6080 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6081 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, lo, FALSE);
6082 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
6083 input_bfd, contents);
6084 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
6085 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
6086 l = mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
6090 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6093 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6094 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6095 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6096 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6097 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6098 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6099 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6100 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6101 addend -= (lo16_relocation->r_offset - rel->r_offset);
6103 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
6105 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6106 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6108 addend = (((addend & 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6109 | ((addend & 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6114 addend = rel->r_addend;
6117 if (info->relocateable)
6119 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6120 unsigned long r_symndx;
6122 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
6123 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6126 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6127 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6128 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6129 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6130 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6131 that we're adjusting GP in this relocateable object. */
6133 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
6135 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6138 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
6139 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
6140 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
6141 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
6142 addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
6143 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
6145 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6146 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
6147 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
6148 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6149 addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
6151 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6153 /* If the relocation is for a R_MIPS_HI16 or R_MIPS_GOT16,
6154 then we only want to write out the high-order 16 bits.
6155 The subsequent R_MIPS_LO16 will handle the low-order bits.
6157 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6158 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6159 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
6160 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
6161 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
6162 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
6163 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
6166 if (rela_relocation_p)
6167 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend.
6168 We have to cast away constness for REL. */
6169 rel->r_addend = addend;
6172 /* Otherwise, we have to write the value back out. Note
6173 that we use the source mask, rather than the
6174 destination mask because the place to which we are
6175 writing will be source of the addend in the final
6177 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
6178 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6180 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6181 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6182 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6183 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6184 but for endianness. */
6190 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6192 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6199 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6200 do two separate stores. */
6201 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6203 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6205 low_bits = sign_bits;
6211 high_bits = sign_bits;
6213 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6214 contents + rel->r_offset);
6215 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6216 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6220 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
6221 input_bfd, input_section,
6226 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6230 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6231 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6232 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6234 if (rel + 1 < relend
6235 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
6236 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
6237 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
6239 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6241 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
6243 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6244 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
6245 input_section, info, rel,
6246 addend, howto, local_syms,
6247 local_sections, &value,
6248 &name, &require_jalx,
6249 use_saved_addend_p))
6251 case bfd_reloc_continue:
6252 /* There's nothing to do. */
6255 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
6256 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6257 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6258 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6259 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6262 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
6263 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6264 info->callbacks->warning
6265 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
6268 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
6269 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6270 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6271 a given location. */
6275 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
6276 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
6277 (info, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
6278 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
6291 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6292 until we reach the last one. */
6293 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6299 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6300 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6301 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6302 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6303 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6304 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6305 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6306 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6312 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6314 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6321 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6322 do two separate stores. */
6323 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6325 /* Undo what we did above. */
6327 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6329 low_bits = sign_bits;
6335 high_bits = sign_bits;
6337 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6338 contents + rel->r_offset);
6339 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6340 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6344 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6345 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
6346 input_bfd, input_section,
6347 contents, require_jalx))
6354 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6355 adjust it appropriately now. */
6358 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (abfd, name, sym)
6359 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6361 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6363 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6364 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6365 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
6368 "__dso_displacement",
6370 "__program_header_table",
6374 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
6382 const char* const *p;
6385 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6386 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
6389 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
6391 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6393 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6395 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6397 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6399 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6405 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6406 dynamic sections here. */
6409 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, info, h, sym)
6411 struct bfd_link_info *info;
6412 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6413 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6419 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
6421 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
6423 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6424 gval = sym->st_value;
6425 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6427 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6430 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
6432 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6434 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6436 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6437 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6438 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6440 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6441 if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
6444 /* Fill the stub. */
6445 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
6446 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
6447 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
6448 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
6450 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->_raw_size);
6451 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6453 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6454 only for the referenced symbol. */
6455 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6457 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6458 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6459 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6460 gval = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset + h->plt.offset;
6461 sym->st_value = gval;
6464 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6465 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0);
6467 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6468 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
6469 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6470 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6471 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6473 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6474 the symbols that need them. */
6475 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
6476 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
6482 value = sym->st_value;
6485 /* For an entity defined in a shared object, this will be
6486 NULL. (For functions in shared objects for
6487 which we have created stubs, ST_VALUE will be non-NULL.
6488 That's because such the functions are now no longer defined
6489 in a shared object.) */
6491 if ((info->shared && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
6492 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6495 value = h->root.u.def.value;
6497 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h);
6498 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
6501 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1)
6503 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
6506 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6511 e.abfd = output_bfd;
6513 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
6516 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6517 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6519 else if (sym->st_value)
6520 value = sym->st_value;
6522 value = h->root.u.def.value;
6524 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
6525 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
6527 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6530 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
6534 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
6536 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
6539 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
6541 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6542 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
6543 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6544 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
6545 && ! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6546 (output_bfd, info, rel,
6547 e.d.h, NULL, value, &addend, sgot)))
6549 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
6554 /* Create a .msym entry, if appropriate. */
6555 smsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym");
6558 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym;
6560 msym.ms_hash_value = bfd_elf_hash (h->root.root.string);
6561 /* It is undocumented what the `1' indicates, but IRIX6 uses
6563 msym.ms_info = ELF32_MS_INFO (mh->min_dyn_reloc_index, 1);
6564 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
6566 ((Elf32_External_Msym *) smsym->contents) + h->dynindx);
6569 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6570 name = h->root.root.string;
6571 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6572 || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6573 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6574 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6575 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6577 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6578 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6581 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6583 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6584 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6585 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
6587 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6589 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
6590 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
6592 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6593 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6595 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6597 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
6599 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6600 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6601 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
6602 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6604 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
6606 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
6607 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6608 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
6609 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6613 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6614 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
6615 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
6619 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6620 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
6621 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6623 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
6624 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6625 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6626 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, s->contents);
6627 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
6628 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6630 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6631 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6633 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6634 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
6635 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
6636 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
6638 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6642 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6643 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
6644 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
6650 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6653 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
6655 struct bfd_link_info *info;
6660 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
6662 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6664 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
6666 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6671 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6672 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6673 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
6674 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
6675 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6678 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6682 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
6683 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6685 for (b = sdyn->contents;
6686 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size;
6687 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
6689 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6693 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
6695 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6696 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
6698 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6704 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6705 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6706 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
6710 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6712 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
6718 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6721 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6724 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6725 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6726 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6729 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
6730 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
6734 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
6737 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
6739 elemsize = sizeof (Elf32_Conflict);
6742 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
6744 elemsize = sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6746 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6749 if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
6750 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
6752 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
6758 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
6759 time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
6762 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
6767 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
6772 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
6773 s = output_bfd->sections;
6774 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6775 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
6778 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
6779 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
6782 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
6783 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6784 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6785 referenced within the same object. */
6786 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
6789 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
6790 if (gg->global_gotsym)
6792 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
6795 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6796 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6797 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6799 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
6801 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
6802 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6803 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6805 if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
6806 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
6808 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
6811 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
6812 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
6815 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
6816 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
6819 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6820 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
6821 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
6822 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6826 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".msym"));
6827 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6836 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
6841 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6842 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6843 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6844 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->_raw_size > 0)
6846 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
6847 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000,
6848 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6852 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
6853 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6855 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6856 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
6858 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6861 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
6862 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
6864 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6866 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno;
6868 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
6869 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6870 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000, sgot->contents
6871 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6876 while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
6878 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
6879 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6880 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6881 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
6882 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
6885 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
6893 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
6895 /* ??? The section symbols for the output sections were set up in
6896 _bfd_elf_final_link. SGI sets the STT_NOTYPE attribute for these
6897 symbols. Should we do so? */
6899 smsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym");
6902 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym;
6904 msym.ms_hash_value = 0;
6905 msym.ms_info = ELF32_MS_INFO (0, 1);
6907 for (s = output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6909 long dynindx = elf_section_data (s)->dynindx;
6911 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
6913 (((Elf32_External_Msym *) smsym->contents)
6918 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6920 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
6921 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6925 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
6927 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
6928 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6931 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
6932 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
6935 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
6936 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6937 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6940 file_ptr dummy_offset;
6942 BFD_ASSERT (s->_raw_size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6943 dummy_offset = s->_raw_size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
6944 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
6945 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6950 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
6952 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6955 && s->_raw_size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
6957 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
6959 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6960 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
6961 (size_t) s->reloc_count - 1,
6962 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
6964 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
6965 (size_t) s->reloc_count - 1,
6966 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
6974 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
6977 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd)
6982 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
6985 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
6986 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
6989 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
6990 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
6993 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
6994 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
6997 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
6998 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
6999 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
7000 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
7001 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
7004 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
7005 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
7008 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
7009 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
7012 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
7013 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
7016 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
7017 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
7020 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
7021 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
7024 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
7025 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
7028 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
7029 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
7032 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
7033 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
7034 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
7035 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
7036 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
7039 case bfd_mach_mips5:
7040 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
7043 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
7044 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
7047 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
7048 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
7051 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
7052 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
7055 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
7056 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
7059 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
7060 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
7065 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7066 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7067 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7070 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (abfd, linker)
7072 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7075 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
7079 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7080 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7081 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7082 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
7083 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
7085 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7086 info for each special section. */
7087 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
7088 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
7091 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
7094 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7095 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
7097 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7100 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7101 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7102 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7103 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7104 && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7105 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7106 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7107 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7110 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7111 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7112 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7113 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7114 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
7115 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7116 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7117 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7118 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7119 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7122 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7123 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
7125 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7126 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
7128 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7131 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7132 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7133 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7134 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
7135 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7136 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7137 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7140 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7141 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7142 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7144 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7146 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7147 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7154 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7158 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (abfd)
7164 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7165 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7166 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
7169 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7170 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
7171 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7172 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
7175 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7176 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
7177 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
7178 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
7184 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7187 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (abfd)
7191 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
7194 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7196 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7197 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7199 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7200 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7205 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7209 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7213 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7214 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7216 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7217 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7225 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7226 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7227 PT_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7230 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7231 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7232 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7234 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7236 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
7237 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7242 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
7244 /* Usually, there's a program header table. But, sometimes
7245 there's not (like when running the `ld' testsuite). So,
7246 if there's no program header table, we just put the
7247 options segment at the end. */
7248 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7251 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR)
7254 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7255 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7256 options_segment->next = *pm;
7257 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7258 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
7259 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
7260 options_segment->count = 1;
7261 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
7262 *pm = options_segment;
7267 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7269 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7270 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7271 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
7272 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
7273 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
7275 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7276 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
7281 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7285 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
7287 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
7292 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7300 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7301 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7302 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
7312 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7313 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7315 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
7317 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
7320 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7322 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7323 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7324 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7325 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7326 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
7328 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
7329 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7333 && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
7335 static const char *sec_names[] =
7337 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7341 struct elf_segment_map *n;
7345 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
7347 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
7348 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7354 sz = s->_cooked_size;
7357 if (high < s->vma + sz)
7363 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7364 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7367 + (s->_cooked_size !=
7368 0 ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7371 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7372 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7379 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7381 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7384 + (s->_cooked_size != 0 ?
7385 s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7399 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7403 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym)
7405 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7406 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7407 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7408 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7410 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7414 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
7416 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7417 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
7421 switch (h->root.type)
7423 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
7424 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
7425 return h->root.u.def.section;
7427 case bfd_link_hash_common:
7428 return h->root.u.c.p->section;
7436 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
7441 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7444 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
7445 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7446 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7447 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7448 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7451 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7452 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7453 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
7454 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
7455 unsigned long r_symndx;
7456 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7458 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7459 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7460 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
7462 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
7463 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
7464 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
7468 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7469 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7470 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7471 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7472 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7473 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7474 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7475 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7476 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7477 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7488 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7489 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7490 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7491 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7494 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (bed, dir, ind)
7495 struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7496 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind;
7498 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
7500 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind);
7502 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
7505 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
7506 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
7507 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
7508 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
7509 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
7510 if (dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index == 0
7511 || (indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index != 0
7512 && indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index < dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index))
7513 dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index = indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index;
7514 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
7515 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
7519 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, entry, force_local)
7520 struct bfd_link_info *info;
7521 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry;
7522 bfd_boolean force_local;
7526 struct mips_got_info *g;
7527 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7529 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
7530 if (h->forced_local)
7532 h->forced_local = TRUE;
7534 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7535 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7536 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
7540 struct mips_got_entry e;
7541 struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
7543 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7544 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7545 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7546 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7547 the upper limit of global entries. */
7552 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
7553 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
7555 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7560 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7561 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7562 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7563 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7564 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
7566 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
7567 gg->assigned_gotno--;
7570 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
7571 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7572 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7575 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
7577 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7578 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7580 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7585 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
7591 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (abfd, cookie, info)
7593 struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie;
7594 struct bfd_link_info *info;
7597 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
7598 unsigned char *tdata;
7601 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
7604 if (o->_raw_size == 0)
7606 if (o->_raw_size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
7608 if (o->output_section != NULL
7609 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
7612 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE);
7616 cookie->rels = (MNAME(abfd,_bfd_elf,link_read_relocs)
7617 (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL,
7618 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
7619 info->keep_memory));
7626 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
7627 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
7629 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->_raw_size; i ++)
7631 if (MNAME(abfd,_bfd_elf,reloc_symbol_deleted_p) (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
7640 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
7641 o->_cooked_size = o->_raw_size - skip * PDR_SIZE;
7647 if (! info->keep_memory)
7648 free (cookie->rels);
7654 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (sec)
7657 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
7663 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (output_bfd, sec, contents)
7668 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
7671 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
7674 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
7678 end = contents + sec->_raw_size;
7679 for (from = contents, i = 0;
7681 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
7683 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
7686 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
7689 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
7690 (file_ptr) sec->output_offset,
7695 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7696 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7698 struct mips_elf_find_line
7700 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
7701 struct ecoff_find_line i;
7705 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, filename_ptr,
7706 functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
7711 const char **filename_ptr;
7712 const char **functionname_ptr;
7713 unsigned int *line_ptr;
7717 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7718 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7722 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7723 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7725 (unsigned) (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0),
7726 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7729 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
7733 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
7734 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
7735 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
7737 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7738 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7739 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7740 origflags = msec->flags;
7741 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
7742 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7744 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
7747 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
7750 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
7751 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
7753 fi = (struct mips_elf_find_line *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7756 msec->flags = origflags;
7760 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
7762 msec->flags = origflags;
7766 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7767 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
7768 fi->d.fdr = (struct fdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
7769 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
7771 msec->flags = origflags;
7774 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
7775 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
7776 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
7777 fraw_end = (fraw_src
7778 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
7779 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
7780 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
7782 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
7784 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7785 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7786 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7787 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7788 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7789 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7792 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
7793 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7796 msec->flags = origflags;
7800 msec->flags = origflags;
7803 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7805 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7806 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7810 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7811 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7812 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7815 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
7820 bfd_size_type count;
7822 if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
7826 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7828 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
7829 section->used_by_bfd = (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7830 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7833 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
7838 if (section->_cooked_size != 0)
7839 size = section->_cooked_size;
7841 size = section->_raw_size;
7842 c = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
7845 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
7848 memcpy (c + offset, location, (size_t) count);
7851 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
7855 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7856 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7859 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
7860 data, relocateable, symbols)
7862 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
7863 struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
7865 bfd_boolean relocateable;
7868 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7869 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
7870 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
7872 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
7873 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
7879 reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) reloc_size);
7880 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
7883 /* read in the section */
7884 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd,
7888 input_section->_raw_size))
7891 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
7892 input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size;
7893 input_section->reloc_done = TRUE;
7895 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
7899 if (reloc_count < 0)
7902 if (reloc_count > 0)
7907 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7910 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
7911 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
7912 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
7913 if (abfd && input_bfd
7914 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
7918 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
7919 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
7926 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
7927 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
7928 case bfd_link_hash_common:
7931 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
7932 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
7934 gp = lh->u.def.value;
7936 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
7937 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
7939 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
7941 case bfd_link_hash_new:
7950 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != (arelent *) NULL;
7953 char *error_message = (char *) NULL;
7954 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7956 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
7957 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
7958 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
7959 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
7961 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
7965 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
7966 fall over on its own. */
7968 else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
7969 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
7971 /* bypass special_function call */
7972 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
7973 input_section, relocateable,
7975 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
7977 /* end mips specific stuff */
7979 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd,
7983 relocateable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL,
7985 skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
7989 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
7991 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
7992 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
7996 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
8000 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
8001 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
8002 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8003 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
8007 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
8008 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != (char *) NULL);
8009 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
8010 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
8011 (*parent)->address)))
8014 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
8015 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
8016 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8017 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
8018 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
8021 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
8030 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8031 free (reloc_vector);
8035 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8036 free (reloc_vector);
8040 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8042 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
8043 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
8046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
8047 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
8049 ret = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
8050 if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) NULL)
8053 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
8054 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
8061 /* We no longer use this. */
8062 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
8063 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
8065 ret->procedure_count = 0;
8066 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
8067 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
8069 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
8071 return &ret->root.root;
8074 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8075 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8076 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8079 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd, info)
8081 struct bfd_link_info *info;
8085 struct bfd_link_order *p;
8086 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
8087 asection *rtproc_sec;
8088 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
8089 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
8090 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap
8091 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
8092 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
8093 PTR mdebug_handle = NULL;
8099 static const char * const secname[] =
8101 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8102 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8104 static const int sc[] =
8106 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
8107 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
8110 /* If all the things we linked together were PIC, but we're
8111 producing an executable (rather than a shared object), then the
8112 resulting file is CPIC (i.e., it calls PIC code.) */
8114 && !info->relocateable
8115 && elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
8117 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
8118 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
8121 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8122 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8123 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8125 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8129 struct mips_got_info *g;
8131 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8132 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8133 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8134 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8135 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8137 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, (info->shared
8138 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1
8142 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8143 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8144 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8145 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
8147 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
8148 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8149 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8150 <= g->global_gotno);
8154 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8155 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8156 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8157 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8158 better off including it then not. */
8159 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
8160 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8162 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
8164 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8165 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8166 p->u.indirect.section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8167 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8168 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8169 --abfd->section_count;
8175 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8176 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8177 to be better off including it than not. */
8178 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8180 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8182 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8183 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8184 p->u.indirect.section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8185 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8186 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8187 --abfd->section_count;
8194 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8195 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
8197 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
8199 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8200 if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
8201 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
8202 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
8203 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
8204 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
8205 else if (info->relocateable)
8207 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
8209 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8210 for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
8212 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
8215 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8216 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
8220 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8221 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8222 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8226 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8230 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
8231 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
8232 for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
8234 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
8236 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
8238 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8239 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8240 the information together. */
8241 for (p = o->link_order_head;
8242 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8245 asection *input_section;
8247 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8250 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8252 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8257 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8258 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8260 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8261 size to be zero bytes. */
8262 if (input_section->_raw_size == 0)
8263 input_section->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
8265 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
8268 (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
8271 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
8273 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
8274 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
8275 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
8276 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
8277 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
8279 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8280 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8281 finally written out. */
8283 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8284 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8285 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8288 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8289 BFD_ASSERT(o->_raw_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8291 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8292 matters, but someday it might). */
8293 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8298 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
8300 struct extsym_info einfo;
8303 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8304 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8305 the information together. */
8306 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
8307 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8309 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
8313 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
8314 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
8315 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
8317 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
8320 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
8322 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8323 debug_info structure. */
8325 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
8326 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
8327 debug.external_sym = NULL;
8328 debug.external_opt = NULL;
8329 debug.external_aux = NULL;
8331 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
8332 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
8333 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
8334 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
8336 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8337 if (mdebug_handle == (PTR) NULL)
8341 esym.cobol_main = 0;
8345 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
8346 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
8347 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
8348 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
8350 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
8352 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
8353 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
8356 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
8357 last = s->vma + s->_raw_size;
8360 esym.asym.value = last;
8361 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
8366 for (p = o->link_order_head;
8367 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8370 asection *input_section;
8372 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
8373 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
8377 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8379 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8384 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8385 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8387 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8388 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8389 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
8391 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8392 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8393 want to deal with it. */
8397 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8398 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
8400 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->_raw_size);
8402 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8403 read in the debugging information and set up an
8404 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8405 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
8409 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8410 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
8411 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
8414 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8415 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8416 the linker global hash table and save the information
8417 for the output external symbols. */
8418 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
8419 eraw_end = (eraw_src
8420 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
8421 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
8423 eraw_src < eraw_end;
8424 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
8428 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8430 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) eraw_src, &ext);
8431 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
8432 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
8433 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
8436 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
8437 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8438 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8439 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
8445 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
8446 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
8452 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8453 free (input_debug.line);
8454 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
8455 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
8456 free (input_debug.external_sym);
8457 free (input_debug.external_opt);
8458 free (input_debug.external_aux);
8459 free (input_debug.ss);
8460 free (input_debug.ssext);
8461 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
8462 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
8463 free (input_debug.external_ext);
8465 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8466 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8467 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8470 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
8472 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8473 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8474 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
8476 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
8477 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
8479 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
8480 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
8481 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
8482 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
8486 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
8492 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8495 einfo.debug = &debug;
8497 einfo.failed = FALSE;
8498 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8499 mips_elf_output_extsym,
8504 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8505 o->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
8507 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8508 matters, but someday it might). */
8509 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8514 if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8516 const char *subname;
8519 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
8522 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8523 information describing how the small data area would
8524 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8525 not used in executables files. */
8526 if (! info->relocateable)
8528 for (p = o->link_order_head;
8529 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8532 asection *input_section;
8534 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8536 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8541 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8543 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8544 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8545 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8548 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8549 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8550 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8552 /* Really remove the section. */
8553 for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
8555 secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8557 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8558 --abfd->section_count;
8563 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8564 uninitialized data. */
8565 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8567 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8571 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8572 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8573 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
8574 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
8578 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8579 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8580 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8581 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8582 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8583 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8584 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
8586 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
8587 o->name = ".gptab.data";
8589 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
8590 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8591 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
8594 /* Set up the first entry. */
8596 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8597 tab = (Elf32_gptab *) bfd_malloc (amt);
8600 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
8601 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
8603 /* Combine the input sections. */
8604 for (p = o->link_order_head;
8605 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8608 asection *input_section;
8612 bfd_size_type gpentry;
8614 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8616 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8621 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8622 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8624 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8625 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8626 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8627 size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section);
8629 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8631 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
8633 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
8634 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
8640 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8641 (input_bfd, input_section, (PTR) &ext_gptab,
8643 (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
8649 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
8651 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
8652 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
8655 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8657 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
8658 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
8660 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
8666 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
8669 /* We need a new table entry. */
8670 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8671 new_tab = (Elf32_gptab *) bfd_realloc ((PTR) tab, amt);
8672 if (new_tab == NULL)
8678 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
8679 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
8681 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8682 value, since that will be implied by this new
8685 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8687 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
8689 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
8690 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
8694 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
8695 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8700 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8703 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8704 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8705 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8708 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8710 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
8712 /* Swap out the table. */
8713 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8714 ext_tab = (Elf32_External_gptab *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
8715 if (ext_tab == NULL)
8721 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
8722 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
8725 o->_raw_size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8726 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
8728 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8729 matters, but someday it might). */
8730 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8734 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8735 if (!MNAME(abfd,bfd_elf,bfd_final_link) (abfd, info))
8738 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8740 if (reginfo_sec != (asection *) NULL)
8742 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8744 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
8745 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, (PTR) &ext,
8747 (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
8751 if (mdebug_sec != (asection *) NULL)
8753 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
8754 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
8756 mdebug_sec->filepos))
8759 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8762 if (gptab_data_sec != (asection *) NULL)
8764 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
8765 gptab_data_sec->contents,
8767 gptab_data_sec->_raw_size))
8771 if (gptab_bss_sec != (asection *) NULL)
8773 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
8774 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
8776 gptab_bss_sec->_raw_size))
8780 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8782 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8783 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
8785 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
8786 rtproc_sec->contents,
8788 rtproc_sec->_raw_size))
8796 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8798 struct mips_mach_extension {
8799 unsigned long extension, base;
8803 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8804 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8806 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
8807 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8808 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8810 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8811 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
8813 /* R10000 extensions. */
8814 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
8816 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8817 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8818 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8819 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8820 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8821 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
8822 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
8824 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8825 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8826 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8827 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8829 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8830 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8831 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8833 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8834 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8835 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8836 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8837 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8838 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8839 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8840 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8842 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8843 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
8845 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8846 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8847 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8849 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8850 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
8851 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
8855 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8858 mips_mach_extends_p (base, extension)
8859 unsigned long base, extension;
8863 for (i = 0; extension != base && i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
8864 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
8865 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
8867 return extension == base;
8871 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8874 mips_32bit_flags_p (flags)
8877 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
8878 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8879 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8880 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8881 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8882 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8883 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
8887 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8888 object file when linking. */
8891 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
8898 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
8901 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8902 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
8905 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8906 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8909 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
8910 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8911 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
8913 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
8915 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
8916 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
8917 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
8918 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
8920 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
8921 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
8923 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
8924 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
8931 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8933 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8934 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8936 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
8937 doesn't seem to matter. */
8938 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
8939 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
8941 if (new_flags == old_flags)
8944 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
8945 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
8946 actually cause any incompatibility. */
8947 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
8949 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
8950 which are automatically generated by gas. */
8951 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
8952 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
8953 && ((!strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
8954 || !strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
8955 || !strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))
8956 && sec->_raw_size != 0))
8958 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
8967 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
8969 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
8970 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
8971 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8972 (_("%s: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
8973 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8977 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC))
8979 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC;
8980 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC;
8981 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8982 (_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
8983 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8987 /* Compare the ISAs. */
8988 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
8990 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8991 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
8992 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8995 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
8997 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
8998 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
9000 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9001 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9002 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9003 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
9004 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
9005 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
9006 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9008 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9009 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9010 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
9011 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
9012 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
9013 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
9017 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9018 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9019 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9020 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9021 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
9022 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
9027 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9028 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9030 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9031 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9032 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
9033 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9034 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9036 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9037 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9038 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9039 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9041 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9042 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9043 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9044 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
9045 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
9048 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9049 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9052 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9053 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
9055 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9057 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9058 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9061 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9062 if (new_flags != old_flags)
9064 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9065 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9066 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), (unsigned long) new_flags,
9067 (unsigned long) old_flags);
9073 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9080 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9083 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (abfd, flags)
9087 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
9088 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
9090 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
9091 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
9096 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr)
9100 FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
9102 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
9104 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9105 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
9107 /* xgettext:c-format */
9108 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
9110 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
9111 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9112 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
9113 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9114 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
9115 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9116 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
9117 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9118 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9119 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9120 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
9121 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9122 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
9123 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
9125 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
9127 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
9128 fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
9129 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
9130 fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
9131 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
9132 fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
9133 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
9134 fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
9135 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
9136 fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
9137 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
9138 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
9139 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
9140 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
9141 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
9142 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9144 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9146 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
9147 fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
9149 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
9150 fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
9152 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
9153 fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9155 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));